lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of...

31
lb- lite Region oft'eel is the proud recipient of the National Quality Institute Order of SP Region cf Peel Excellence, Quality; the National Quality Institute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold Award, Healthy Workplace; and a 2008 IPAC/Deloilte Public Sector Leadership Gold Award. April 18, 2013 Resolution Number 2013-288 Mr. Peter Fay City Clerk COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL City of Brampton PATE:Mpy /5,20f3 2 Wellington Street West Brampton, ON L6Y 4R2 Dear Mr. Fay: Subject: Ontario Ministry of Transportation - Draft Cycling Strategy I am writing to advise that Regional Council approved the following resolution at its meeting held on Thursday, April 11,2013: Resolution 2013-288: That the comments contained in the report of the Commissioner of Public Works, dated February 28, 2013, and titled "Ontario Ministry of Transportation - Draft Cycling Strategy" be endorsed as the Region of Peel's official response to the Ontario Ministry of Transportation (MTO) regarding the Draft Cycling Strategy for Consultation, EBR Registry Number 011-7552; And further, that a copy of the subject report be forwarded to the Cities of Brampton and Mississauga, and the Town of Caledon for information. A copy of the subject report is provided for your information. Sir/cerely, jphanie Jurrius Legislative Specialist SJ:ma Enclosure Copy: Dan Labrecque, Commissioner of Public Works, Region of Peel Corporate Services Office of the Regional Clerk 10 Peel Centre Dr., Brampton, ON L6T 4B9 Tel: 905-791-7800 www.peeltegion.ca

Transcript of lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of...

Page 1: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

lbshylite Region ofteel is the proud recipient ofthe National Quality Institute Order ofSP Region cf Peel Excellence Quality the National Quality Institute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold Award

Healthy Workplace and a 2008 IPACDeloilte Public Sector Leadership Gold Award

April 18 2013 Resolution Number 2013-288

Mr Peter Fay City Clerk COMMITTEE OF COUNCIL City of Brampton PATEMpy 520f32 Wellington Street West Brampton ON L6Y 4R2

Dear Mr Fay

Subject Ontario Ministry of Transportation - Draft Cycling Strategy

I am writing to advise that Regional Council approved the following resolution at its meeting held on Thursday April 112013

Resolution 2013-288

That the comments contained in the report of the Commissioner of Public Works dated February 28 2013 and titled Ontario Ministry of Transportation - Draft Cycling Strategy be endorsed as the Region of Peels official response to the Ontario Ministry of Transportation (MTO) regarding the Draft Cycling Strategy for Consultation EBR Registry Number 011-7552

And further that a copy of the subject report be forwarded to the Cities of Brampton and Mississauga and the Town of Caledon for information

A copy of the subject report is provided for your information

Sircerely

jphanie Jurrius Legislative Specialist

SJma

Enclosure

Copy Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works Region of Peel

Corporate Services Office of the Regional Clerk

10 Peel Centre Dr Brampton ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeltegionca

Meeting Date April 112013uiq tew iou Regional Council

DATE February 282013

REPORT TITLE ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

FROM Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

RECOMMENDATION

That the comments contained in the report of the Commissioner of Public Works dated February 28 2013 and titled Ontario Ministry of Transportation - Draft Cycling Strategy be endorsed as the Region of Peels official response to the Ontario Ministry of Transportation (MTO) regarding the Draft Cycling Strategy for Consultation EBR Registry Number 011-7552

And further that a copy of the subject report be forwarded to the Cities of Brampton and Mississauga and the Town of Caledon for information

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS

bull MTO released its Draft Cycling Strategy on November 30 2012 and invited public comments before the deadline of January 29 2013

bull The Draft Cycling Strategy initiates a process of necessary updates to provincial policy relating to cycling in Ontario

raquo The Strategy has implications for the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and corporate Strategic Directions

bull Staff submitted comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy to the MTO in order to meet the January 29 2013 consultation deadline

bull Comments are focusing on the need for the Province to take a greater role with regards to cycling infrastructure funding and education

ltraquo The Draft Cycling Strategy is a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Further refinement is required based on public consultation in order to develop a comprehensive cycling strategy that will lead to successful implementation

DISCUSSION

1 Background

On November 30 2012 MTO released its Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy) contained in Appendix I inviting public input on how the Ministry can encourage cycling and improve

V-01002 1212

ONTw3o MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY cycling safety across the province The deadline for comments was January 29 2013 on which date Regional staff submitted comments found in Appendix II of this report

The Strategy is intended to replace the Ministrys Bicycle Policy which was released in 1992 In the Strategy MTO emphasizes that cycling provides benefits to personal health the economy and the environment The MTOs vision is to be a world leader in movingpeople and goods safely efficiently and sustainably and to support a globally competitive economy and a high quality of life Encouraging cycling and improving the safety of cyclistsin the Province fits into MTOs vision The Strategy includes information about the role ofthe Province and initiatives that MTO is working on with regards to cycling as well as plans to further encourage cycling across the province

The Strategys overall goal is to increase the number of people cycling in Ontario and improve safety for ail road users The Strategy aims to improve cycling in Ontario with a three-pronged approach namely

bull Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure

o Creating a provincial cycling network to connect destinations and establish recreational cycling and tourism routes

o Supporting municipalities in the development of local cycling networks including making cycling infrastructure eligible for funding

o Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

o Public education campaigns with partner cycling organizations o Updating the Drivers Handbook to include better guidelines for cycling and

sharing the road with other vehicles o Consulting with the public cycling groups and municipalities on possible

amendments to the Highway Traffic Act to support cycling

o Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordinating

Regional staff have reviewed the Strategy and commend the MTO for this positive steptowards updating the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policyprogramming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come and will require regularly scheduled reviews going forward (every five years)

2 Comments on the Strategy

Like MTO the Region of Peel values cycling for all the benefits it brings to our communities The Region of Peel understands the importance of providing a safe and convenient active transportation network as well as education The Regions Active Transportation Plan sets out policies and practices in the areas of infrastructure and public programming aimed at increasing the share of cycling and walking trips in Peel Region Supporting a new provincialcycling strategy is consistent with the following Regional Strategic Directions

bull Transportation - Support and influence sustainable transportation systems o Community Health - Maintain and improve the health of Peels community bull Environment- Protect enhance and restore the environment

3

A^-3shyFebruary 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

In order to achieve the quality of a cycling network necessary to increase active transportation locally the various levels of government (provincial regional and area municipalities) must coordinate plans and processes towards this end

Appendix II provides detailed staff comments and recommendations on the Strategy Overall the submitted comments encourage MTO to take a lead role in establishing a province-wide cycling network Staffs key recommendations are summarized below

a) Collaboration on Local Active Transportation (AT) Networks

Peel is located in the centre of the Greater Toronto Hamilton Area (GTHA) with major provincial highways (Highways 401 403 410 407 409 and QEW) passing through Peel and Highway 427 at the PeelYorkToronto boundary As important as they are to mobility and the economy provincial highways have come to pose significant barriers to active transportation between neighbourhood communities in Peel Region There are a limited number of safe crossings of provincial highways for pedestrians and cyclists Short walking and cycling trips often necessitate crossing provincial highways within communities Improving the viability of these trips will have a positive impact in creating healthy active communities

The Province needs to provide greater support for municipalities to complete the local AT networks that will re-connect communities Provincial highway interchanges are identified by the Region as the foremost obstacle to achieving a safe integrated AT network Solutions for the safe crossing of highway interchanges by cyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by the MTO and municipalities

Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalities will foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling plans A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating to this and other cycling objectives (eg providing paved shoulders on Kings highways in rural areas) A partnership agreement framework between MTO and municipalities would benefit project-based collaborations

Staff recommend that MTO work with municipalities on implementing local active transportation networks

b) Funding for Cycling Infrastructure

Achieving the province-wide cycling network described in the Strategy will not come without strategic planning and investment The Strategy proposes the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative to fund cycling infrastructure however requirements for eligibility pose significant barriers for Active Transportation (AT) networks MTO must create new dedicated and continuous funding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Staff recommend that MTO providefunding support for cycling infrastructure

O

V-01-0021212

It-5 PwMgt^-4

February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

c) Leadership in Research Monitoring and Education

MTO undertakes a wide range of research and data collection the increased sharing of which will benefit the municipal sector and other stakeholders There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario MTO should take the lead on data collection and dissemination for cycling and walking Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel residents Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existing knowledgeand skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledge and attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills through readily accessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system Staff recommend that MTO play a greater role regarding cycling education research and monitoring

d) Inter-Ministerial Collaboration

Acycling education and training program that would beavailable through Ontario schools is one example of potential inter-ministerial collaboration in this case between MTO and the Ministry of Education The Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review contains numerous recommendations that involve MTO working with other provincial Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs plans to collaborate on cycling initiatives with provincial Ministries as well as with othercycling stakeholders in Ontario Staff recommend that MTO take a lead role in coordinating cycling initiatives with relevant provincial ministries cycling stakeholders across the province

V01002 1212

3 Pl^-AA -5shy

February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

CONCLUSION

Regional staff commends MTO on its Draft Cycling Strategy as a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Based on the Strategys recent public consultation process the Region of Peel anticipates that MTO will address the concerns and recommendations included in this report to produce a more rigorous Strategy that will strengthen its implementation

Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

Approved for Submission

D Szwarc Chief Administrative Officer

For further information regarding this report please contact Wayne Chan atextension 4405 or vj

a email at waynechanpeelregionca

(ijJfyAuthored By Damian MacSeampin

Sp c Legislative Services

V-Ot-002 1212

3

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 2: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Meeting Date April 112013uiq tew iou Regional Council

DATE February 282013

REPORT TITLE ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

FROM Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

RECOMMENDATION

That the comments contained in the report of the Commissioner of Public Works dated February 28 2013 and titled Ontario Ministry of Transportation - Draft Cycling Strategy be endorsed as the Region of Peels official response to the Ontario Ministry of Transportation (MTO) regarding the Draft Cycling Strategy for Consultation EBR Registry Number 011-7552

And further that a copy of the subject report be forwarded to the Cities of Brampton and Mississauga and the Town of Caledon for information

REPORT HIGHLIGHTS

bull MTO released its Draft Cycling Strategy on November 30 2012 and invited public comments before the deadline of January 29 2013

bull The Draft Cycling Strategy initiates a process of necessary updates to provincial policy relating to cycling in Ontario

raquo The Strategy has implications for the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and corporate Strategic Directions

bull Staff submitted comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy to the MTO in order to meet the January 29 2013 consultation deadline

bull Comments are focusing on the need for the Province to take a greater role with regards to cycling infrastructure funding and education

ltraquo The Draft Cycling Strategy is a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Further refinement is required based on public consultation in order to develop a comprehensive cycling strategy that will lead to successful implementation

DISCUSSION

1 Background

On November 30 2012 MTO released its Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy) contained in Appendix I inviting public input on how the Ministry can encourage cycling and improve

V-01002 1212

ONTw3o MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY cycling safety across the province The deadline for comments was January 29 2013 on which date Regional staff submitted comments found in Appendix II of this report

The Strategy is intended to replace the Ministrys Bicycle Policy which was released in 1992 In the Strategy MTO emphasizes that cycling provides benefits to personal health the economy and the environment The MTOs vision is to be a world leader in movingpeople and goods safely efficiently and sustainably and to support a globally competitive economy and a high quality of life Encouraging cycling and improving the safety of cyclistsin the Province fits into MTOs vision The Strategy includes information about the role ofthe Province and initiatives that MTO is working on with regards to cycling as well as plans to further encourage cycling across the province

The Strategys overall goal is to increase the number of people cycling in Ontario and improve safety for ail road users The Strategy aims to improve cycling in Ontario with a three-pronged approach namely

bull Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure

o Creating a provincial cycling network to connect destinations and establish recreational cycling and tourism routes

o Supporting municipalities in the development of local cycling networks including making cycling infrastructure eligible for funding

o Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

o Public education campaigns with partner cycling organizations o Updating the Drivers Handbook to include better guidelines for cycling and

sharing the road with other vehicles o Consulting with the public cycling groups and municipalities on possible

amendments to the Highway Traffic Act to support cycling

o Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordinating

Regional staff have reviewed the Strategy and commend the MTO for this positive steptowards updating the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policyprogramming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come and will require regularly scheduled reviews going forward (every five years)

2 Comments on the Strategy

Like MTO the Region of Peel values cycling for all the benefits it brings to our communities The Region of Peel understands the importance of providing a safe and convenient active transportation network as well as education The Regions Active Transportation Plan sets out policies and practices in the areas of infrastructure and public programming aimed at increasing the share of cycling and walking trips in Peel Region Supporting a new provincialcycling strategy is consistent with the following Regional Strategic Directions

bull Transportation - Support and influence sustainable transportation systems o Community Health - Maintain and improve the health of Peels community bull Environment- Protect enhance and restore the environment

3

A^-3shyFebruary 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

In order to achieve the quality of a cycling network necessary to increase active transportation locally the various levels of government (provincial regional and area municipalities) must coordinate plans and processes towards this end

Appendix II provides detailed staff comments and recommendations on the Strategy Overall the submitted comments encourage MTO to take a lead role in establishing a province-wide cycling network Staffs key recommendations are summarized below

a) Collaboration on Local Active Transportation (AT) Networks

Peel is located in the centre of the Greater Toronto Hamilton Area (GTHA) with major provincial highways (Highways 401 403 410 407 409 and QEW) passing through Peel and Highway 427 at the PeelYorkToronto boundary As important as they are to mobility and the economy provincial highways have come to pose significant barriers to active transportation between neighbourhood communities in Peel Region There are a limited number of safe crossings of provincial highways for pedestrians and cyclists Short walking and cycling trips often necessitate crossing provincial highways within communities Improving the viability of these trips will have a positive impact in creating healthy active communities

The Province needs to provide greater support for municipalities to complete the local AT networks that will re-connect communities Provincial highway interchanges are identified by the Region as the foremost obstacle to achieving a safe integrated AT network Solutions for the safe crossing of highway interchanges by cyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by the MTO and municipalities

Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalities will foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling plans A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating to this and other cycling objectives (eg providing paved shoulders on Kings highways in rural areas) A partnership agreement framework between MTO and municipalities would benefit project-based collaborations

Staff recommend that MTO work with municipalities on implementing local active transportation networks

b) Funding for Cycling Infrastructure

Achieving the province-wide cycling network described in the Strategy will not come without strategic planning and investment The Strategy proposes the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative to fund cycling infrastructure however requirements for eligibility pose significant barriers for Active Transportation (AT) networks MTO must create new dedicated and continuous funding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Staff recommend that MTO providefunding support for cycling infrastructure

O

V-01-0021212

It-5 PwMgt^-4

February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

c) Leadership in Research Monitoring and Education

MTO undertakes a wide range of research and data collection the increased sharing of which will benefit the municipal sector and other stakeholders There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario MTO should take the lead on data collection and dissemination for cycling and walking Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel residents Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existing knowledgeand skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledge and attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills through readily accessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system Staff recommend that MTO play a greater role regarding cycling education research and monitoring

d) Inter-Ministerial Collaboration

Acycling education and training program that would beavailable through Ontario schools is one example of potential inter-ministerial collaboration in this case between MTO and the Ministry of Education The Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review contains numerous recommendations that involve MTO working with other provincial Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs plans to collaborate on cycling initiatives with provincial Ministries as well as with othercycling stakeholders in Ontario Staff recommend that MTO take a lead role in coordinating cycling initiatives with relevant provincial ministries cycling stakeholders across the province

V01002 1212

3 Pl^-AA -5shy

February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

CONCLUSION

Regional staff commends MTO on its Draft Cycling Strategy as a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Based on the Strategys recent public consultation process the Region of Peel anticipates that MTO will address the concerns and recommendations included in this report to produce a more rigorous Strategy that will strengthen its implementation

Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

Approved for Submission

D Szwarc Chief Administrative Officer

For further information regarding this report please contact Wayne Chan atextension 4405 or vj

a email at waynechanpeelregionca

(ijJfyAuthored By Damian MacSeampin

Sp c Legislative Services

V-Ot-002 1212

3

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 3: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

ONTw3o MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY cycling safety across the province The deadline for comments was January 29 2013 on which date Regional staff submitted comments found in Appendix II of this report

The Strategy is intended to replace the Ministrys Bicycle Policy which was released in 1992 In the Strategy MTO emphasizes that cycling provides benefits to personal health the economy and the environment The MTOs vision is to be a world leader in movingpeople and goods safely efficiently and sustainably and to support a globally competitive economy and a high quality of life Encouraging cycling and improving the safety of cyclistsin the Province fits into MTOs vision The Strategy includes information about the role ofthe Province and initiatives that MTO is working on with regards to cycling as well as plans to further encourage cycling across the province

The Strategys overall goal is to increase the number of people cycling in Ontario and improve safety for ail road users The Strategy aims to improve cycling in Ontario with a three-pronged approach namely

bull Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure

o Creating a provincial cycling network to connect destinations and establish recreational cycling and tourism routes

o Supporting municipalities in the development of local cycling networks including making cycling infrastructure eligible for funding

o Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

o Public education campaigns with partner cycling organizations o Updating the Drivers Handbook to include better guidelines for cycling and

sharing the road with other vehicles o Consulting with the public cycling groups and municipalities on possible

amendments to the Highway Traffic Act to support cycling

o Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordinating

Regional staff have reviewed the Strategy and commend the MTO for this positive steptowards updating the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policyprogramming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come and will require regularly scheduled reviews going forward (every five years)

2 Comments on the Strategy

Like MTO the Region of Peel values cycling for all the benefits it brings to our communities The Region of Peel understands the importance of providing a safe and convenient active transportation network as well as education The Regions Active Transportation Plan sets out policies and practices in the areas of infrastructure and public programming aimed at increasing the share of cycling and walking trips in Peel Region Supporting a new provincialcycling strategy is consistent with the following Regional Strategic Directions

bull Transportation - Support and influence sustainable transportation systems o Community Health - Maintain and improve the health of Peels community bull Environment- Protect enhance and restore the environment

3

A^-3shyFebruary 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

In order to achieve the quality of a cycling network necessary to increase active transportation locally the various levels of government (provincial regional and area municipalities) must coordinate plans and processes towards this end

Appendix II provides detailed staff comments and recommendations on the Strategy Overall the submitted comments encourage MTO to take a lead role in establishing a province-wide cycling network Staffs key recommendations are summarized below

a) Collaboration on Local Active Transportation (AT) Networks

Peel is located in the centre of the Greater Toronto Hamilton Area (GTHA) with major provincial highways (Highways 401 403 410 407 409 and QEW) passing through Peel and Highway 427 at the PeelYorkToronto boundary As important as they are to mobility and the economy provincial highways have come to pose significant barriers to active transportation between neighbourhood communities in Peel Region There are a limited number of safe crossings of provincial highways for pedestrians and cyclists Short walking and cycling trips often necessitate crossing provincial highways within communities Improving the viability of these trips will have a positive impact in creating healthy active communities

The Province needs to provide greater support for municipalities to complete the local AT networks that will re-connect communities Provincial highway interchanges are identified by the Region as the foremost obstacle to achieving a safe integrated AT network Solutions for the safe crossing of highway interchanges by cyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by the MTO and municipalities

Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalities will foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling plans A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating to this and other cycling objectives (eg providing paved shoulders on Kings highways in rural areas) A partnership agreement framework between MTO and municipalities would benefit project-based collaborations

Staff recommend that MTO work with municipalities on implementing local active transportation networks

b) Funding for Cycling Infrastructure

Achieving the province-wide cycling network described in the Strategy will not come without strategic planning and investment The Strategy proposes the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative to fund cycling infrastructure however requirements for eligibility pose significant barriers for Active Transportation (AT) networks MTO must create new dedicated and continuous funding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Staff recommend that MTO providefunding support for cycling infrastructure

O

V-01-0021212

It-5 PwMgt^-4

February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

c) Leadership in Research Monitoring and Education

MTO undertakes a wide range of research and data collection the increased sharing of which will benefit the municipal sector and other stakeholders There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario MTO should take the lead on data collection and dissemination for cycling and walking Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel residents Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existing knowledgeand skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledge and attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills through readily accessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system Staff recommend that MTO play a greater role regarding cycling education research and monitoring

d) Inter-Ministerial Collaboration

Acycling education and training program that would beavailable through Ontario schools is one example of potential inter-ministerial collaboration in this case between MTO and the Ministry of Education The Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review contains numerous recommendations that involve MTO working with other provincial Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs plans to collaborate on cycling initiatives with provincial Ministries as well as with othercycling stakeholders in Ontario Staff recommend that MTO take a lead role in coordinating cycling initiatives with relevant provincial ministries cycling stakeholders across the province

V01002 1212

3 Pl^-AA -5shy

February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

CONCLUSION

Regional staff commends MTO on its Draft Cycling Strategy as a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Based on the Strategys recent public consultation process the Region of Peel anticipates that MTO will address the concerns and recommendations included in this report to produce a more rigorous Strategy that will strengthen its implementation

Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

Approved for Submission

D Szwarc Chief Administrative Officer

For further information regarding this report please contact Wayne Chan atextension 4405 or vj

a email at waynechanpeelregionca

(ijJfyAuthored By Damian MacSeampin

Sp c Legislative Services

V-Ot-002 1212

3

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 4: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

A^-3shyFebruary 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

In order to achieve the quality of a cycling network necessary to increase active transportation locally the various levels of government (provincial regional and area municipalities) must coordinate plans and processes towards this end

Appendix II provides detailed staff comments and recommendations on the Strategy Overall the submitted comments encourage MTO to take a lead role in establishing a province-wide cycling network Staffs key recommendations are summarized below

a) Collaboration on Local Active Transportation (AT) Networks

Peel is located in the centre of the Greater Toronto Hamilton Area (GTHA) with major provincial highways (Highways 401 403 410 407 409 and QEW) passing through Peel and Highway 427 at the PeelYorkToronto boundary As important as they are to mobility and the economy provincial highways have come to pose significant barriers to active transportation between neighbourhood communities in Peel Region There are a limited number of safe crossings of provincial highways for pedestrians and cyclists Short walking and cycling trips often necessitate crossing provincial highways within communities Improving the viability of these trips will have a positive impact in creating healthy active communities

The Province needs to provide greater support for municipalities to complete the local AT networks that will re-connect communities Provincial highway interchanges are identified by the Region as the foremost obstacle to achieving a safe integrated AT network Solutions for the safe crossing of highway interchanges by cyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by the MTO and municipalities

Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalities will foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling plans A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating to this and other cycling objectives (eg providing paved shoulders on Kings highways in rural areas) A partnership agreement framework between MTO and municipalities would benefit project-based collaborations

Staff recommend that MTO work with municipalities on implementing local active transportation networks

b) Funding for Cycling Infrastructure

Achieving the province-wide cycling network described in the Strategy will not come without strategic planning and investment The Strategy proposes the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative to fund cycling infrastructure however requirements for eligibility pose significant barriers for Active Transportation (AT) networks MTO must create new dedicated and continuous funding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Staff recommend that MTO providefunding support for cycling infrastructure

O

V-01-0021212

It-5 PwMgt^-4

February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

c) Leadership in Research Monitoring and Education

MTO undertakes a wide range of research and data collection the increased sharing of which will benefit the municipal sector and other stakeholders There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario MTO should take the lead on data collection and dissemination for cycling and walking Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel residents Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existing knowledgeand skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledge and attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills through readily accessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system Staff recommend that MTO play a greater role regarding cycling education research and monitoring

d) Inter-Ministerial Collaboration

Acycling education and training program that would beavailable through Ontario schools is one example of potential inter-ministerial collaboration in this case between MTO and the Ministry of Education The Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review contains numerous recommendations that involve MTO working with other provincial Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs plans to collaborate on cycling initiatives with provincial Ministries as well as with othercycling stakeholders in Ontario Staff recommend that MTO take a lead role in coordinating cycling initiatives with relevant provincial ministries cycling stakeholders across the province

V01002 1212

3 Pl^-AA -5shy

February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

CONCLUSION

Regional staff commends MTO on its Draft Cycling Strategy as a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Based on the Strategys recent public consultation process the Region of Peel anticipates that MTO will address the concerns and recommendations included in this report to produce a more rigorous Strategy that will strengthen its implementation

Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

Approved for Submission

D Szwarc Chief Administrative Officer

For further information regarding this report please contact Wayne Chan atextension 4405 or vj

a email at waynechanpeelregionca

(ijJfyAuthored By Damian MacSeampin

Sp c Legislative Services

V-Ot-002 1212

3

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 5: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

It-5 PwMgt^-4

February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

c) Leadership in Research Monitoring and Education

MTO undertakes a wide range of research and data collection the increased sharing of which will benefit the municipal sector and other stakeholders There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario MTO should take the lead on data collection and dissemination for cycling and walking Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel residents Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existing knowledgeand skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledge and attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills through readily accessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system Staff recommend that MTO play a greater role regarding cycling education research and monitoring

d) Inter-Ministerial Collaboration

Acycling education and training program that would beavailable through Ontario schools is one example of potential inter-ministerial collaboration in this case between MTO and the Ministry of Education The Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review contains numerous recommendations that involve MTO working with other provincial Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs plans to collaborate on cycling initiatives with provincial Ministries as well as with othercycling stakeholders in Ontario Staff recommend that MTO take a lead role in coordinating cycling initiatives with relevant provincial ministries cycling stakeholders across the province

V01002 1212

3 Pl^-AA -5shy

February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

CONCLUSION

Regional staff commends MTO on its Draft Cycling Strategy as a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Based on the Strategys recent public consultation process the Region of Peel anticipates that MTO will address the concerns and recommendations included in this report to produce a more rigorous Strategy that will strengthen its implementation

Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

Approved for Submission

D Szwarc Chief Administrative Officer

For further information regarding this report please contact Wayne Chan atextension 4405 or vj

a email at waynechanpeelregionca

(ijJfyAuthored By Damian MacSeampin

Sp c Legislative Services

V-Ot-002 1212

3

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 6: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

3 Pl^-AA -5shy

February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

CONCLUSION

Regional staff commends MTO on its Draft Cycling Strategy as a positive and important first step towards improving cycling in Ontario Based on the Strategys recent public consultation process the Region of Peel anticipates that MTO will address the concerns and recommendations included in this report to produce a more rigorous Strategy that will strengthen its implementation

Dan Labrecque Commissioner of Public Works

Approved for Submission

D Szwarc Chief Administrative Officer

For further information regarding this report please contact Wayne Chan atextension 4405 or vj

a email at waynechanpeelregionca

(ijJfyAuthored By Damian MacSeampin

Sp c Legislative Services

V-Ot-002 1212

3

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 7: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

I(p-7 February 28 2013 _bdquo

DRAFT CYCLINGONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION STRATEGY APPENDIX I

P^ftf-f ) APPENDIX 1

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

DRAFT

Ontario Ministry of Transportation

CI

for Consultation

on the Environmental Registry November 30 2012

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 8: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

3V February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

^ STRATEGY

Ontario Ministry of Transportations Draft Cyciing Strategy

Cycling Is an Increasingly popular means of transportation exercise and recreation Our latest statistics estimate that 630000 Ontarlans ride a bicycle on a dally basis andthat 48 per cent of almost 13 million Ontarians ride at least once a week during the spring summer and fall

There has been some recent discussion about the different types of bikes that are found on Ontarios roads (see Appendix Afor clarification) but what Is not in question are the benefits that bikes candeliver Cycling has a tremendous effect on our environment reducing GHG emissions by getting carsoff ofour roads andeasing gridlock Cyclists also reapsignificant health benefits which inturn save money for ourhealth caresystem There is no question thatcycling is a mode of transportation thatthe government should continue to support

The rate ofcycling-related injury and fatality has dropped considerably over the last few decades comparing 2009 to 1988 cyclist fatalities aredown 70 percent andmajor injuries aredown 64 per cent Ontario has the safest roads Iri North America bar none and the second safest in Canada for cyclists Despite this we know we need to do more

We alsorecognize thepotential economic benefits ofcycling tourism through thedevelopment of a provincial cycling network The Province ofQuebec for example estimates thattheir network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 perkilometre amounting to more than $100 million each year

Our vision isfor a safe cycling network that connects Ihe province for collision rates and injuries to continue todrop and foreveryone from the occasional user to the dally commuter to feel safe when they get on a bicycle in Ontario Our cycling strategy will serve as a map for howwe make that vision a reality

This draft Strategy addresses a number of the recent Coroners recommendations directed at the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (see Appendix B) It outlines ourplans for Infrastructure education and legislation including a separate consultation on potential legislative amendments to theHighway Traffic Act aimed at improving cycling safely such as those proposed by the Coroner (Le mandatory helmets for all riders regardless of age and a minimum one-metre passing rule for vehicles passing cyclists)1

The enclosed plan sets out a msp for ongoing work and describes in detail the governments plan and priorities Werecognize the important role of our many partners and look forward to your feedback

Sincerely

The Honourable Bob Chiarelll

Minister of Transportation

Consulting on these items would be a first step in evaluating recommendations 11 and 12 from the Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review the Coroners Report) to makehelmets mandatory for cyclists of all ages and introduce a one meterthree foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists 3

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 9: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

DRAFT CYCLING SaSffSSam of transportation STRATEGY APPENDIX I pW-^^ J

Contents

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

11 Cycling in Ontario raquo Benefits of Cycling bull What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level bull What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

SECTION 2-A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure In the Province bull Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network bull Supporting Municipalities In the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks

o Assisting with Infrastructure Design o Providing Guidance Documents o Access to Funding for Municipalities

22 Enhancing Cycling Safetythrough Education and Legislation o Public Education for Cyclists and Drivers bull Legislation that Providesfor the Safety of Cyclists

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and Coordination laquo Monitoringand Research bull Co-ordination

Glossary

Appendix A - Types of Bikes inOntario

Appendix B- Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry of Transportation

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 10: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

SECTION 1 - CONTEXT

Cycling in Ontario

Research commissioned by the Ontario Ministry ofTransportation (the Ministry) in 2011 found that 48 percent ofOnlarians ride a bicycle at least once a week during thespring summer and fall Exercise and recreation are the main reasons that Ontarians ride their bicycles but around 50 per cent ofOntario cyclists also do so as a mode oftransportation - to ride to work orschool for shopping to run errands or to visit family and friends

While most cycling takes place on municipal roads the Province still has anImportant role to play In increasing both the number and safety ofcyclists

Benefits of Cycling

Cycling offers many potential benefits Including

deg Promoting active and healthy lifestyles - in Enhancing Cycling Safety In Ontario (2011) the Ontario Medical Association advocates that people increase their daily physical activitythrough cycling In response toconcerns about obesity and related chronic disease CyclingIs an activity that can be Incorporated into thedally tasks of life and is a cost-efficient means to meet recommended physical activity guidelines

bull Reducing emissions ofgreenhouse gasesand other harmful pollutants - according tothe Environmental Commissioner ofOntario (2010) thetransportation sectorcontributes over one-third ofOntarios greenhouse gasemissions and energy consumptloa Passengervehicles account for around 75 per cent ofOntarios greenhouse gas emissions from transportation which makes encouraging people to choose cycling particularly compelling

bull Reducing congestion - like many urban areas traffic congestion in the GreaterToronto and Hamilton areascosts billions ofdollars to the economy each year Increasing commuter cycling has the potential toreduce passenger vehicle traffic during peak periods

bull Providing economic development opportunities - the economic potential ofcycling tourism Is increasingly being recognized For example the Province of Quebec estimates that Its province-wide cycling network known as La Route Verte generates an annual economic return ofabout $30000 per kilometre totalling more than $100 million eachyear

Creating anenvironment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between theprovincial government municipalities not-for-profit organizations and cycling associations

What We Are Doing at the Provincial Level

The Ontario Government has established broad provincial planning objectives that encourage and support cycling and walking inOntario These objectives have been communicated through legislalion such as the Planning Act (1990) and itssupporting policy document the Provincial Policy Statement (2005)

The Provincial Policy Statement represents the governments policy direction on land use planning Itprovides direction for the entire province on matters of provincial interest related to land use bull3

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 11: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

IW-lf February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY j finMl-10APPENDIX )

planning and development and promotes a provincial policy-led planning system The Provincial Policy Statement encourages healthy active communities through the planning ofpublic streets spaces and facilities that meet the needs ofpedestrians and non-motorized movement (such as cycling) Arevised draft Provincial Policy Statement Is being developed More information is available from the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housings website at httpwwwmahgovonca

Across the Ontario Government several ministries have taken actions to support cycling For example

bull The Ministry ofTourism Culture and Sport (MTCS) as the government lead for trails planning and coordination currently oversees the Implementation ofthe Ontario Trails Strategy (2005) which seeks to encourage on- andoff-road cycling In order to promote sportrecreation tourism and active transportation MTCS has provided support for a range ofcycling-related projects through itsvarious funding programs towards achieving national physical activity targets

o Through the Healthy Communities Fund Provincial Grants the Ministry ofHealth and Long Term Care has provided funding to Green Communities Canada to support Walking and Wheeling Healthy Happy Active School Travel a project to promote walking andcycling to Ontario schools through key activities that build on the foundation ofActive and Safe Routes to School

bull Under the Ontario Public Health Standards public health units are required to deliver initiatives and programs related to healthy weights physical activity and prevention of injuries This work includes active transportation (including cycling) access to recreation and bike safety Aspart of the Healthy Communities Fund Partnership Stream public health units and host agencies are also developing policies to increase physical activity In addition cycling organizations such as Share the Road Cycling Coalition have received $90000 in funding through the Healthy Communities Grants Project Stream to deliver cycling promotion activities

What We Are Doing at the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportations vision Isto be a world leader in moving people and goods safely efficiently andsustainably and tosupport a globally competitive economy and a high quality oflife Achieving this vision requires that weencourage cycling and improve thesafety of cyclists in the Province

The Ministrys support for cycling Is consistent with itscommitment to become a more sustainable organization as described in its sustainability framework - Sustainability InSight ThroughSustainabilily InSight the Ministry has established seven strategic sustainability goals four ofwhich relate to cycling - improving mobility choices applying a context sensitive approach to Ministryprojects optimizing infrastructure design and driving a cultural shift toward sustainability Copies of Sustainability InSight can bampdownloaded at httoAvwwmtogovoncaengll3hteustainabllitvstrateavMTO sustalnabllltvreport-enpdf-

The actions the Ministry has taken to encourage cycling and improve safetycan be grouped into the following four categories infrastructure safety planning and research

Infrastructure

In 2008Metrolinx the Ministrys agency released The Big Move a 25-year regional transportation plan for the Greater Toronto and Hamilton Area (GTHA) That plan sets out a

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 12: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Itr2 February 282013ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I PW-AA-U

vision for a sustainable multi-modal transportation system across the GTHA and Includes cycling Infrastructure within the defmlttori of atransportation andor transit system The BigMove outlines active transportation targets the need for a commitment of up to $20 million peryear for aclive transportation Infrastructure which Includes cycling as well as measures to promote the development of communities that are pedestrian cycling and transit-supportive This Includes the need for an integrated walking and cycling network in the GTHA creating pilot bike-sharing programs in major urban centres the inclusion of bicyclecarrying devices on transit vehicles and establishing bicycle storage facilities at major rapidtransit stations Metrollnx is developing an Investment strategy to support The Big Move

More about The Big Move can be found at http^wwwmelrollnxcomthebfgmoveendefaultaspx2

The Ministry Is in the process of updatinglts blkeways planning and design guidelines This document contains aset of guidelines for designing bicycle facilities on Ministry highways

For the benefit ofall road users the Ministry has paved a minimum one metre shoulder on Highway 6 for 46kilometres on MaMtoulin Island and 66 kilometres on theBruce Peninsula as a pilot project The Ministry is planning on monitoring and collecting information over the nextfew seasons on the results ofthispilot in order to Inform itsdecisions onhow its transportation network can accommodate and support aclive transportation

Safety

New Beginner Driver Education curriculum standards were Introduced in September 2009 to provide a solid foundation for safe and responsible driving and to help develop positivedriving attitudes and behaviours In new drivers Driving schools are required to include information about courteously sharing the road with cyclists in their curriculum and during inshyvehlcle practice New drivers are further tested when obtaining a class G2 or Gdrivers licence

The Ministry hascompleted a stakeholder consultation on its suite ofDriver Handbooks with aview to enhancing its share the road with cyclists section of the handbooks Cyclingsafety groups were consulted aswere representatives from enforcement the insurance Industry and the medical community TheMinistry plans to add new information and illustrations on bike lanes road markings and right-of-way in future copies ofthe handbooks

Specific to cycling the Ministry publishes Cycling Skills Ontarios Guide to Sate Cycling and the Young Cycling Guide that are strongly focused on safely These can be found at httpwwwmtogovoncaenallshpubstfcvcllna

The Ministry also partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizationsthrough its Road Safely Challenge and Road Safely Communily Partnership ProgramsThese educational activities aretailored to thespecific needs ofcommunities and can involve public health units police and members of the community working with Ministry staff to assist with the development and implementation ofcycling safety initiatives across Ihe province Arecent example is the Ministrys collaboration with the Share the Road CyclingCoalition and the Canadian Automobile Association todevelop a provincial multimedia public education campaign that rolled out in summer 201Other Ministry-supported cyclingsafely initiatives include a public education campaign by EnviroCenfre and the City of Ottawa in spring 2012 The campaign features avideo series promoting cycling training and safe riding practices Including how to properly use bike boxes and cycling lanes Cycling

7Under The Big Move atransportation plan must (among other things) lake into consideration all modes of transportation including highways railways local transit systems the regional transit system cycling and walking gtO

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 13: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

3

It-li DRAFT CYCLINGoSo8m1S3Stry of transportation

strategy appendix i Pw^via

safety was also a priority theme for the 2012 Road Safety Challenge which enabled the Ministry to support 27 community groups topromote cycling safety In their communities

In Spring 2013 the Ministry will be piloting a new Inltlalive to provide purchasers of new bicycles with cycling safety information atthe point of sale3

Planning

Led by the Ontario Traffic Council the Ministry continues to work in partnership with municipalities engineering and planning consultants and tourism organizations to update Ontario Traffic Manual Book 18 Bicycle Facilities Book 18 will serve as a primary reference document for engineers planners and designers throughout Ontario The Book contains information onlegal requirements standards best practices procedures guidelines and recommendations for the Justification design timing and operation ofbicycle facilities and control measures

The Ministry hasalso published its Transit-Supportive Land Use Planning Guidelines to sharestrategies best practices and case studies onbuilding communities thatsupportcycling and the integration ofcycling with transit services with municipalities

Research

The Ministry has led a comprehensive review of existing and planned cycling touring routes in the province aswell asconsulting with key cycling and tourism stakeholders on the keyelements of a potential province-wide cycle touring network This research shows hundreds of on-and off-road routes across the province most of which are maintained by municipalities The Ministry will publish maps of existing cycling routes through the Ministry of Natural Resources Land Information Ontario onlinedatabase

The Ministry also undertook a Bicycle Survey for the Greater Golden Horseshoe to determine who iscycling why and how useful the existing facilities are The results will enhance the Ministrys forecasting for cycling enabling the Ministry to produce more accurate forecasts insupport ofcycling safe roads and Infrastructure planning and Investment The Ministry will share this Information with municipal partners

3Providing the purchasers of bicycles with cycling safety information would address recommendation 5from the Coroners Report See Appendix Bfor further details

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 14: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

iu-4 February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

fgtMh-l3

SECTION 2 - A CYCLING STRATEGY FOR ONTARIOS MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION

The Ministry is taking a three-pronged approach to its cycling strategy in order to increase the number of people cycling In Ontario and improve thesafety of all road users Some of this work isongoing or underway but enshrining this approach into the Strategy ensures that it will be a part of the Ministrys ongoing business4

21 Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

In Ontario roads and highways are either owned by the provincial or the municipalregional levels ofgovernment Cyclists are allowed on all roads throughout the province except those where cycling Is expressly prohibited and where no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400-series highways) In general most utilitarian or daily cycling occurs on municipal roads while long-rangerecreational cycling mostly takes place on provincial roads Creating an environment for encouraging cycling is a shared responsibility between both provincial and municipal governments

Cycling can beaccommodated in many ways Including bike lanes shoulder bikeways off-road trails or paths and through simple signage where traffic volume and speed is low enough

Leading the Identification of a Province-Wide Cycling Network

The Ministry will Identify apnvtnce-wlde cycling route network to connect cyclingdestinations to create recreational cycling and tourism opportunities

Using data collected on existing municipal or regional local cycling routes the Ministry will identify how connections can be made between local cycling routes to form a province-widecycling route network in order to maximize existing municipal investments The Ministry will focus its cycling Infrastructure Investments on closing the gaps between existing cycling routes to create a provincial cycling network6

When the Ministry plans infrastructure projects for future funding - either constructing new provincial highways or rehabilitating existing provincial highways- itwill evaluate on a case-by-case basis whether the addition of a cycling component9 Is warranted based on outlined criteria and whether It can be accommodated without substantially altering the scope ofthe project Priority will be given to projects that

bull Could form part of a province-wide cycling network bull Have no viable alternative route

L

Developing the Cycling Strategy addresses recommendation 2from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details rr 6Leading the identification of aprovince-wide cycling network partially addresses recommendation 1of the Coroners Report bullComplete-streets Is a planning approach applied to urban settings to guide the redevelopment ofexisting communities and the creation ofnew communities therefore therecommendation was jointly directed at theMinistry ofTransportation (MTO) and Ministry ofMunicipalAffairs and Housing(MMAH)

Examples ofthe ways that cycling can beaccommodated include bike lanes In urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed is low enough simplesignage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It Is the Ministrys intention to Initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders aspart ofIts consultation onother legislative andor regulatory changes 3

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 15: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Ife-lS - DRAFT CYCLINGoSSSo^ffllmr OF TRANSPORTATION

STRATEGY APPENDIX I pwyft^lf

o Would connect with other existing or planned cycling routes o Are consistentwith local tourism goals bull Connect population centres andor places ofInterest bull Allow access to services and accommodation bull Have a demonstrated demand for cycling bull Are or can reasonably be made safe raquo Have strong local support bull Are cost effective

When a municipality or stakeholder group requests the addition of a cycling component to a provincial highway construction project the Ministry will consider partnership agreementswith municipalities orother stakeholder groups for the additional costs subject to available funding

For the safety ofall road users the Ministry will prioritize the useof off-road trails orlower speed low volume roads where possible and will take steps to ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying the network

When a provincial road project is within municipal boundaries the Ministrys regional offices will consult with municipalities during the design of provincial highway rehabilitation andor newconstruction projects to discuss cycling and other road issues

Supporting Municipalities in the Development ofLocal Cycling Networks The Ministry provides support for municipalities In developing and enhancing their cycling routes The Ministry does not want Its Infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes

Assisting with Infrastructure Design

Municipalities planning on developing municipal cycling networks work in partnership with the Ministry when thatproposed route would cross or otherwise touch uponMinistry infrastructure The Ministry works with municipalities to Identify the most appropriate design to accommodate all road users safely In these situations

In these circumstances funding for the redesign andconstruction ofcycling-relatedportion ofthe agreed-upon treatment will continue to be assessed on a project-byshyproject basis taking Into account the impact of the redesign on overall project costs Given the magnitude ofthe expenses entailed where bridges orother structures need to be expanded tobetter accommodate cycling Incremental costs associated with theexpansion will be the responsibility ofthe requesting municipality

Providing Guidance Documents

The Ministry provides technical and guidance documents including guidelines for designing cycling infrastructure that can beused by municipalities

Access to Funding for Municipalities

The Ministry recognizes that most cycling occurs on municipal infrastructure and encourages municipalities to ensure that their proposed cycling infrastructure investments are integrated lntothelr assetmanagement plans Asset management Is a cornerstone ofthegovernments Municipal Infrastructure Strategy andhelpsprioritize needs to ensure the right investments are made atthe right time In this

~g~

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 16: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

I (bull-( February 282013 j ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY

APPENDIX pw ^a-r

context the province has made cycling Infrastructure eligible under the MunicipalInfrastructure Investment Initiative and will explore options toInclude cycling within other provincial funding programs

22 Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

The Ministry seeks to improve the safety ofroad users Including cyclists

Travelling safely on roads and highways In Ontario Is the shared responsibility ofall road users including cyclists The Ministry recognizes It has anImportant role toplay In Improving road safety

In Ontario cyclists areofficially recognized in the Highway Traffic Act as legitimate road users This includes atl cyclists - from young children toseniors occasional users to experienced commuters Cyclists have similar rights and responsibilities to othervehicle operators

Pubiic Education for Cyclists and Drivers

The Ministry publishes guides for the public on cycling skills that are focused on safety

The Ministry partners with and provides funding to local road safety organizations to provide educational activities that assist with the development and Implementation ofcyclingsafetyinitiatives across the province7

The Ministry updates Its series ofDriver Handbooks regularly toenhance thesafety ofall road usersincluding cyclists8

Legislation that Provides for the Safety of Cyclists

TheMinistry regularly reviews and updates theHighway Traffic Act and other relevant Ministry legislation and policies to improve cycling safety0

In determining the need for updates to the Highway Traffic Act regulations orpolicy the Ministry will undertake its own research review theapproaches ofother jurisdictions listen to the comments and concerns ofstakeholders Including the Coroner and considerthe recommendations ofother government bodies The overall objective ofany amendments will be to improve the safety of Ontarios cyclists and other road users

Public education for drivers andcyclists in collaboration with road safely organizations addresseselements of recommendation 4 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for further details

Updating theDriver Handbooks toenhance thesafely ofall road users Including cyclists addresses recommendation 7 See Appendix B for furtherdetails 8Reviewing and updating the Highway Traffic Act to improve cycling safety addresses recommendation 8 from the Coroners Report See Appendix B for furtherdetails

TO

3

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 17: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Ilo-7 February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I PWVamp3--K )

23 Ensuring Relevancy through Itlonitoring Researching and Coordinating

The Ministry will review the effectiveness ofthis Strategy on a timely basis to determine how it can be Improved and updated

Monitoring and Research

The Ministry will monitor theimplementation ofthis Cycling Strategy as well as the cyclingpolicies ofother leading jurisdictions to ensure that theMinistry follows bestpraclices

The Ministry will continue togather and analyze data related tocollisions involving cyclists and motor vehicles which in turn will help inform planning andpolicy decisions Cycling related collision data will continue to be published each year In the Ontario Road Safety Annual Report

The Ministry monitors and supports research aimed at improving knowledge related to cycling In Ontario This may include activities that lead to improved cycling safety provide a better understanding of the current cycling modeshare and cycling usage across the province orIdentify barriers tocycling In Ontario This research will help determine additional actions that can be taken to reduce or eliminate barriers to cycling Itwill also serve toIdentify opportunities andstrategies toconnect existing cycling routes together across the province

The Ministry will encourage municipalities tocollect cycling-related data within their jurisdiction and to share this data with interested parties Including the Ministry in order to better understand the needs patterns and barriers to cycling in the province

Co-ordination

The Ministry will continue tocoordinate cycling initiatives and sharecycling information through regular meetings of the Ministrys Active Transportation Working Group which Includes representatives from all relevant Ministry divisions including those with responsibility for road usereducation and highway design standards

In addition the Ministry will continue to share cycling information and coordinate cycling-related activities across all relevant provincial ministries and provincial agencies through regular meetings of the Inter-Ministerial Active Transportation Working Group

The Ministry will continue toliaise with cycling stakeholders and organizations across the province onboth local issues andbroader Ministry activities as they relate to cycling as a mode of transportation

)

TT

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 18: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

ru-f

February 262013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I ffy ^a- w

Glossary

Below are definitions ofterms as used in the draft Cycling Strategy

Highway or Road - The term highway Is interchangeable with the term road A highway consists ofthe roadway Itself and any adjacent land that lies between the lateral property lines

Provincial Highway -A highway under the Jurisdiction and control ofthe Ministry ofTransportationThere are approximately 16500 km ofprovincial highway In Ontario Cycling is prohibited on about 2000 kilometres ofthis network mostly on controlled access (eg 400 series) highways In addition to these Ontario municipalities control a separate much larger network of roads

Municipal Highway - A highway under thejurisdiction and control of a municipality

Roadway - The part ofa highway that Is Improved designed or ordinarily used for vehicular traffic but does not include the shoulder

Shoulder - The portion of a highway that provides lateral support to the roadway and that may accommodate stopped motorvehicles and emergency use

Infrastructure- Examples of the ways that cycling can be accommodated Include bike lanes in urban areas shoulder bikeways in rural areas off-road trails or paths and where traffic volume and speed islow enough simple signage Providing paved shoulders where appropriate could also Improve the safety ofall road users While paving shoulders on provincial highways responds to recommendation 3 ofthe Coroners Report the Highway Traffic Act currently restricts driving on paved shoulders It isthe Ministrys intention to initiate consultation on legislative andor regulatory changes regarding cycling on paved shoulders as part ofits consultation onother legislative andorregulatory changes

T2

3

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 19: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

rio-R February 282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY w^aHlaquoAPPENDIX I

Appendix A - Types of Bikes in Ontario

Bicycles

Can be operated on roads in Ontario except those that are expressly prohibited andno bicycling signs have been erected (such as 400 series highways)

Under the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) thedefinition ofbicycle Includes tricycles unicycles and power-assisted bicycles butnot motor-assisted bicycles You do not need a drivers licence to operate a bicycle In Ontario

TradiUonally a bicycle is a vehicle that

o Has steering handlebars and Is equipped with pedals e Is designed to be propelled by muscular power o Has no age restriction for operators o Can be operated on most roadways (eg not allowed to travel on400 series highways) bull and bull Cannot be operated across a roadwaywithin a pedestrian cross-over

An operator must wear a bicycle helmet ifunder 18 and operating thebicycle on the road If the operator is under 16 it is the duty ofthe operators parent orguardian toensure thatheshe wears a helmet Ifthe person Is 16 or 17 it is hisher personal responsibility to wear a helmet No passengers are allowed ifthe bicycle is only meant for oneperson When going slower than the rest of traffic cyclists should stay as closeto the right edge of the road as Is practicable Cyclists are allowed to safely use the full lane ifstaying close to the right edge of the road Is unsafe

Electric Bicycles e-bikes)

Can be operated on roads InOntario exceRt those thatare expressly prohibited and no bicycling signs have been erected (eg 400 series highways)

Are considered a bicycle for the purposesof the HTA but are definedas power-assisted bicycles under the HTA

The HTA defines a power-assisted bicycle as bull Having affixed to It pedals that are operable bull Capable of being propelled solely by muscular power and laquo Meeting the federal definition of a power-assisted bicycle for thefull definition please see

subsection 2(1) ofthe Motor Vehicle Safety Regulations under the Motor Vehicle Safety Act) which includes

bull Has steering handlebars and is equipped with pedals bull is designed to travel on not more than three wheels o Has an electric motor that has a power oulput rating of 500W or less (Note the

motor Is electric gnd Is incapable of propelling the cycle at speed of 32 kmh or greater on level ground without pedaling) and

bull Bears a permanently affixed label by the manufacturer stating in both official languages that the vehicle conforms tothe federal definition ofa power-assisted bicycle

SinceOctober 32009 e-bikes (both those resembling conventional bicycles and those resembling motor scooters) have been allowed on roads and highways where conventional bicycles are

)

T3~

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 20: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Ife-2o February282013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX I

PWfra- M

currently permitted They must follow the same rules of the road as set out In the HTA that currentlyapply to cyclists with some exceptions

In order to operate an e-blke

bull Operators must be 16 years of age or older and bull All operators must wearan approved bicycle or motorcycle helmet at all times

In addition

bull No person who isthe owner or is In possession or control ofan e-blke shall permit a personwho is under the age of 16 years to ride on drive or operate the e-bike ona highway

bull An e-bike must not beridden on driven or operated unless It Is In good working order bull Similar tobicycles and mopeds power-assisted bicycles are prohibited from use on certain

provincial controlled-accesstiighways bull Any municipal by-law prohibiting bicycles from highways under their jurisdiction also apply to

e-bikes Municipalities may also pass by-laws specific toe-blkes that prohibit them from municipal roads sidewalks bike paths bike trails and bike lanes under their jurisdiction

To operate an e-bike on Ontario roads an e-blke must meet the following equipment requirements

bull Have a maximum unladen weight of 120 kg (includes the weight of vehicle and battery)bull Must be equipped with at least two Independent braking systems that applies force to each

wheel and iscapable of bringing the e-bike while being operated at a speed of30kmh to a full stop within 9 metres from the point atwhich the brakes were applied

bull Must have wheels with a minimum diameter and width of 350 mm and 35 mm respectivelybull Must have all electrical terminals completely insulated or covered and along with the battery

and motor must besecurely fastened to the bicycle to prevent them from moving while the bicycle Is in motion

o No modifications to the motor of an e-blke to permit it to exceed the federal requirements for motor output orspeed for ane-blke (500W and a speed greater than 32kmh) are allowed

Motor-Assisted Bicycles (Mopeds)

Like limited-speed motorcycles mopeds can be operated on roads in Ontario

Arestricted Class Mlicence for limited-speed motorcycle (LSM) and moped drivers was introduced on November 282005 This restricted Class Mlicence has a condition that allows licence holders to drive limited-speed motorcycles and mopeds only New moped drivers will be required to take road tests

A motor-assisted bicycle is a bicycle that

bull Isfitted with pedals that areoperable atall times to propel the bicycle o Weighs not more than 55 kg bull Has no hand orfoot operated clutch or gearbox driven by the motor and transferring power

to the driven wheel bull Has a piston displacement ofnot more that50cubic centimetres and bull Does not attain a speed greater than 50 kmh on level ground within a distance of two km

from a standing start

O

~W

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 21: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

3

ru-n

oStarTo^mSiSTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY PW^7-3-0APPENDIX I shy

To operate these vehicles on the roadway

bull The driver must hold the new restricted class M licence for limited-speedmotorcyclesmopeds (Class M2 with Lrestriction or Mwith Lrestriction ora valid motorcycle licence (Class M1 M2 or M)

laquo Approved motorcycle helmet is required bull Thevehicle must be insured and registered and have a valid licence plate bull No passengers are allowedbull They must meet federal safety standards for a limited speed motorcycle and bull Motor-assisted bicycles are not allowed to travel on 400 series highways

TT

5

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 22: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

rt-ii February 282013 1 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX I Pw-rV3-poundl

Appendix B - Recommendations from the Chief Coroner of Ontarios Cycling Death Review Directed at the Ministry ofTransportation10

Recommendations on Infrastructure

1 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

Acomplete streets approach should be adopted to guide the redevelopment ofexistingcommunities and the creation ofnew communities throughout Ontario Such an approach would require that any (redevelopment give consideration to enhancing safely for ail road users and should include

Creation ofcycling networks (incorporating strategies such as connected cycling lanesseparated bike lanes bike paths and other models appropriate to the community)

bull Designation ofcommunity safety zones in residential areas with reduced posted maximum speeds and increased fines for speeding

2 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Municipal Affairs and Housing

An Ontario Cycling Plan should be developed building upon the 1992 Provincial Bicycle PolicyThis Plan would establish avision for cycling in Ontario and would guide the development of policylegislation and regulations and commitment ofnecessary infrastructure funding pertaining to cyclina In Ontario This plan should be publicly available

3 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Ministry ofTransportation should Identify the development ofpaved shoulders on provincialhighways as a high priority initiative

Recommendations on Education

4 To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive public education program should be developed to promote safer sharing ofthe road by all users This initiative should befacilitated by the Ministry ofTransportation in collaboration with keystakeholder groups including butnot limited to the Canadian Automobile Association Share the Road Cycling Coalition local cycling organizations and the Ontario Association of Chiefs of Police Such a program should include

bull Atargeted public awareness campaign in the springsummer months with key messagesaround cycling safety This could Include changes arising from other recommendations from this Review (such as changes to the Highway Traffic Acf)

o Education targeted at professional truck drivers regarding awareness andavoidance of cycling dangers

bull Education regulation directed towards Beginning Driver Education (BDE) courses and bull driving instructors toinclude sharing theroad and bicycle safety This should beIntroduced in both classroom curricula and on-road training

bull Public safety campaigns around the dangers ofdislracted and Impaired cycling (headphone use carrying unsafe loads cycling while under the influence ofdrugs or alcohol)

L

10 Note the numbers of the recommendations correspond to the Coroners Report Not all of the Coroners recommendations are listed here since a number ofthem were not directed atthe Ministry ofTransportationJ (MTO)

1B~

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 23: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

KcrlZ February 28 2013 ONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING

STRATEGY APPENDIX PiA^ftA-ampa

5 To the Ministry of Transportation and the Ministry of Consumer Services

It should be a requirement that important bicycle safely Information (such as rules ofthe road and helmet information) be provided to purchasers ofany new orused bicycle Such Information could be included In a hang tag information card attached to the handlebar ofevery bicycle at thetime ofpurchase which would include critical information and a reference to the Ministry of Transportation website and Service Ontario for additional bicycle safety Information and publications

7 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Official Drivers Handbooks (Drivers Handbook Truck Handbook Bus Handbook MotorcycleHandbook) should be updated to provide expanded Information around sharing the road with cyclists andInclude cycling-related scenarios indriver examinations

Recommendations on Legislation

ft To the Ministry of Transportation

Acomprehensive review and revision of the Highway Traffic Act (HTA) should be conducted to ensure that it is consistent and understandable with respect to cycling and cyclists and therefore easier to promote and enforce

11 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to make helmets mandatory for cyclists ofall ages in Ontario This should occur in conjunction with anevaluation ofthe Impact of mandatory helmet legislation on cycling activity In Ontario Such an evaluation strategy should be developed and carried outIn collaboration with the Ministry ofHealth and Long-Term Care and Public Health Ontario

12 To the Ministry of Transportation

The Highway Traffic Act should be amended to include a one (1) meter three (3) foot passing rule for vehicles when passing cyclists This change in legislation should bereflected in the Ontario Drivers Handbook Beginning Driver Education curricula and thedrivers licence examination process

)

T7

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 24: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

February 28 2013 -1shyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION- DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY O laquo - oAWENDXH Wkd- ^-3

W RlSQIOn (J PGGl AieKegfoit oPeel is fiiejvoiKi redpfciif oifte National Quality Institute Order of i raquobull laquo Excellence QitaUly the National QualityInstitute Canada Award ofExcellence Gold AwardVltlllHiWf tOft (JOll WrflWylVortprtw nraquorffl200laquoftlQIraquoe7o7ePHWfcSlaquoforIeflrflaquo3WjpGltraquoWAwni

ViaEmailand Mail michaeLderuvterfaiontariocq

Michael DeRuyter Policy Officer Ministry of Transportation Policy and Planning Division Transportation Planning Branch Environmental Policy Branch 301 St Paul Street Floor 2 St Catherines Ontario L2R7R4

January 252013

Dear Mr DeRuyter

RE Region ofPeel Comments on Draft Ontario Ministry ofTransportation Cycling Strategy EBR Registration Number 011-7552

BacfrgrQiind

On February 9 2012 Peel Regional Council approved the Peel Regions first Active Transportation Plan (The Plan) The Plan was completed in collaboration with the City of Brampton the City of Mississauga and the Town of Caledon with input from internal and external stakeholders including the general public

The Plan provides a framework for how the Region will increase the share oftrips bywalldng and cycling linking with transit and creating a pedestrian and cycling friendly environment The Plan sets outpolicies thatdirect the practices ofthe Region to support more walking and cycling recommends active transportation improvements to the existing cycling and pedestrian networks and recommends strategiesprograms to shift travel behaviour

The Plan is a long-term strategy that consists of three implementation phases The first two phases (1-5 years and 6-20 years) form a recommended 20-year implementation plan (up to 2031) The third phase forms the longer-term strategy (2031+) The Plan has an implementation strategy that includes estimated financial investment that tie into the Regions

PublicWorks

10 Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeelregfanca

3

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 25: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Xb-26 Or^ARiO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION -DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY ^Uf skX JM

)capital plan tools for performance monitoring and evaluation and a design guide for infrastructure design

The vision for active transportation in the Region ofPeel is to create a place where walkingcycling and rolling are safe convenient appealing and accessible options for all citizens including children youth older adults persons with disabilities and other priority populations

The Region of Peel strives to coordinate closely with evolving municipal initiatives in and around the Region and all levels of government and agencies in order to create a Regional Active Transportation Plan thatmeets the following objectives

o Sets out policies that direct the practices of the Region of Peel to support more walldng and cycling

o Recommends active transportation infrastructure improvements along Regional Roads that support the area municipal plans and fill in gaps in the network and

bull Establishes partnerships with key stakeholders such as Peel Health Smart Commuteprovincial ministries and Peels district school boards to develop programs to help shift behaviour of target audiences towards travel by active transportation This includes providing education to promote the benefits of active transportation safety measures and skills training

Cycling is an integral part of the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan and network The Ontario Cycling Strategy represents an important opportunity for all Ontarians to envision -^ plan and establish a provincial cycling network By resolving jurisdictional challenges and J connecting locally emerging networks a provincial cycling network can be achieved for the benefit ofall

Below is a summary of the Region of Peels comments on the Draft Cycling Strategy Detailed comments can be found in Appendix 1

Summary of Comments

Regional staff have reviewed the Ontario Draft Cycling Strategy (the Strategy] and commend the Ministry of Transportation (MTO) for pursuing this update to the 1992 Bicycle Policy The Strategy will guide cycling policy programming and infrastructure development in Ontario for years to come

There are numerous sections of the Strategy that impact on the Region of Peels Active Transportation Plan The appended table contains detailed comments about concerns and recommendations which are summarized under the categories below

Centrally located within the GTHA the Region of Peel is arapidly developing municipality with numerous provincial highways within our boundaries These provincial highways divide neighbourhoods and act as barriers to cyclists and pedestrians In order to reduce these

Public Works ^) 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton OH L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 26: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

T(e-Zt February 282013 Jshy-3shy

TRANSPORTATION- DRAFTDRAFT CYCLINGCYCLING STRATEGYSTRATEGY ^ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY OFOF TRANSPORTATION - ^ APPENDIX D rlAJ^^-^S

negative impacts it is critical that accessibility be improved for cyclists and pedestrians at the various provincial highway interchanges

The Region ofPeel seeks MTOs assistance above all else in re-connecting communities via AT networks by improving crossings at provincial highways Solutions for safe crossings of highway interchanges bycyclists and pedestrians must be sought collaboratively by MTO and municipalities [eg through partnership agreements) A collaborative approach will ensure appropriate solutions for enhancements to existing infrastructure as well as future infrastructure development relating tothis and other cycling objectives (eg paved shoulders)

Binding

Achieving thedesired province-wide cycling network will notcome without strategic planning andinvestment MTO mustcreatenew dedicated sources offunding which municipalities can easily access in order to build the required cycling facilities This is especially true where existing or future MTO infrastructure requires enhancements to connect local cycling networks that will otherwise remain disconnected

Cycling infrastructure is extremely cost-effective When the UK Sustainable Development Commission assessed the costs and benefits associated with highways and cycling infrastructure usingin travel time travel costs accidents noiseand green house gas emissions as the costs and benefits considered it found that major cycling infrastructure projects produce benefits that are worth 11 times as much as the costs while local highway road schemes produce benefits that are worth 4 to 5 times as much as the costs (Sustainable Development Commission 2001 as cited by Toronto Public Health 2012 Road to Health Improving Walking and Cycling in Toronto April2012)

Education and Outreach

TheRegion of Peelvaluesthe importanceof public education as an integralpart of the services it delivers Consistent with the Chief Coroners Cycling Death Review it is imperative that an investment be made in cycling education programs in order to close the existingknowledge and skills gap MTO must lead in educating both drivers and cyclists who share the road It is important to realize that most cyclists are also drivers More rigorous information concerning cycling must be included in both the Drivers Handbook and driver examinations

Cycling skills must also be supported through training programs like CAN-BIKE Ontarios youth can grow up in a province where cycling is a viable transportation choice Their skills knowledgeand attitudes regarding cycling are best fostered while young and there is no better vehicle for this education than Ontarios schools All Ontario students should acquire knowledge about cycling through the compulsory curriculum and should gain cycling skills throughreadilyaccessible training programs offered in partnership with the school system

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr SuiteB Brampton ON L6T lt1B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregionca 3

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 27: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Fobruary 282013 OFTRANSPORTATION - DRAFTCYCLING STRATEGY ONTARIOONTARIO MINISTRYMINISTRY UP IKAHSPUKIAIIUH -Uiwr I munuairwira^

APPENDIX f|AjKl2gt

Research and Communication

MTO currently undertakes a wide range ofresearch the results ofwhich are pertinent to the municipal sector and other stakeholders It is recommended that MTO share the results of research with municipalities Also through municipal partnerships MTO can help identify and implement pilot studies that will explore the range of cycling facilities thus determining and legislating thebestprovincial standards (eg bike boxes)

Increased two-way communication between MTO and municipalities will ensure that knowledge and best practices are incorporated into the design and implementation of emerging local and provincial cycling networks

Should you wish to discuss the comments please contact Margie Chung PrincipalTransportation Planner Margie can be reached at MargieChung(3)peeli-egionca or by phone at 905 7917800 ext 4510

Sincerely

Wayne Chan Manager Sustainable Transportation Transportation Planning Public Works Region of Peel

dms

PublicWorks ^ 10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON 16T 409 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 28: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

Ilte-It February 282013 -SshyONTARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II PW-fciUStf

Appendix 1

Table 1Detailed Comments on the Ontario DraftCycling Strategy

Section 1

Context Cyclingin Ontario

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling (Environmental Health)

Section 1

Context Benefits to Cycling - Economic Development Opportunities

Section 1

Context What We Are

Doing at MTO shyInfrastructure

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the Province

TheOntario Draft Cycling Strategy (theStrategy) requires a long-term overall vision statementwith set goals in order to guidecycling in Ontario The Strategyshould speak to short medium and longterm objectives or targets with measurable benchmarks of progress The Ministry ofTransportation (MTO) administers manyquality programs and initiatives including research However the Ministry needs to strengthen their communicationabout their work as well as their relationships with stakeholders A framework should be included in the Strategy to improve the lines of communication between MTO municipalities and other cycling-related stakeholders Make a linkbetween increased cycling decreased vehicles on the road decreased greenhouse emissions andCACs improved air quality and the benefits to the environment and human health

Theeconomic development opportunities associated withcycling and cyclingAT networks apply to morethan tourism Forexample good cycling infrastructure has been shown to raise the assessment value of neighbourhoods (which inturn attracts business entrepreneurs family doctors etc) More research should beencouraged to examine the broader economic benefits accruing from community cycling networks Identifyopportunities for municipal pilot projects to further research (eg City of Mississaugas cross-ride pilot) witha goal to establishing provincial standards for bicycle facilities

Cycling should be an integral partof the transportation system A complete streets approach should be taken to ensure the transportation network is planned designed and operates for all road users MTO shouldinclude a cycling componentin all plandesign and construction projects includingsafe crossing for cyclists The Strategy currently states that cycling components will only be implemented if they do not substantiallyalter the scope of the project This is a concern because it may result in the exclusion of cyclingInfrastructure in many cases MTO must lead inthe development of an integrated and interconnected provincial cycling network to promote active transportation Work with municipalities and other organizations to fill In the gaps Make explicit connections between die Ontario Cycling Strategyand the Provincial PolicyStatement which does support cycling infrastructure as a default component of any new infrastructure project Include initiativesthat will optimizethe entire cycling experience to increase potential commuter and recreational modal share There needs to be consideration not just for alternative routes (bicycle lanes trails off road paths signed routes) but also integration with the transit system (ie secure bicycle sheltersparking bus rack requirements and feeder routes) easy access to transit corridors and other characteristics

PublicWorks

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpceIrcgIonca

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 29: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

IV 27 February 282013 -6shyONTARIOMINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II pw-Aa-w

3 that will create a safe and well-connected road network A frameworkis required to establish partnership agreements between

Section 21 MTO andmunicipalities andor otherstakeholder groups regarding Enhancing Cycling MTO projects

Infrastructure in the Encourage allmunicipalities to plan anddevelop cycling infrastructure Province that is connected and focused on increasing modal share as a means to (confd) enhance the overall provincial network strategy

Place greater emphasis on separation of roadusers to reduce interactions with motorists and increase safety A number of research studies demonstrate a significant association between road network design andhealth outcomes physical activity safetyand risk of injury Road network characteristics directly influence the degree of comfort and convenience for cycling This section reads the Minlstrywill ensure that crossings of provincial highways are minimized when identifying thenetwork This focus on minimizing highway crossings raisesa concern since in the Region ofPeel highway crossings are numerous andsignificant barriers to the AT network Furthermore this focus on minimizing highway crossings when identifying the network is inconsistent with the Strategys subsequent statement that The Ministry does not want its infrastructure to be a barrier to existing municipal routes Theprevalence ofexisting provincial highways in the transportation network presents achallenge for cyclists due to the limited number of crossings traffic volume and high speeds at interchanges aswell asa general lackof (or poorly designed) bikewayfacilities atinterchanges With five (5) controlled-access provincial highways passing through the Region of Peel interchanges are significant barriers to creating a bicycle-friendly community The Region ofPeel asserts thatthe provincial highways are major barriers toactive transportation locally The provincial highways divide communities anddeterconnectivity throughout the Region of Peel

In order to re-connect Peel communities divided by highways the Ministry must partner withmunicipalities to target andresolve issues related to these majorbarriers lest cyclingAT networks remain unrealized Remove the language about an approach that minimizes highway crossings and replace it with anapproach thatseeks collaborative solutions to these necessary crossing facilities as part of a provincial cyclingnetwork It is recommended that the MTO work with municipalities to develop a program toimprove existing interchanges inorder tobetter accommodate cyclists while assuring community connectivity and a safe environment for all users TheStrategy speaks to the design retrofit of interchanges andstatesSection 21

Enhancing Cycling that the financial cost of the retrofit to is to be borne by the Infrastructure in the municipality The financial impacts ofthis decision for municipalities

would behigh and thebudget Implications could significantly impedeProvince - Access to Funding for Municipalities the full implementation ofthe sought aftercycling network

The Strategy focuses on the Municipal Infrastructure Investment Initiative (Mill) to fund eligible cycling infrastructure Mill focuses on the development of asset managementplans with a primary concern

Public Works 310Peel Centre Dr Suite B Brampton ON LOT 4B9 Tel 905-791 -7800 wwwpeeIregionca

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 30: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

ifc-ao February 2B 2013 -7shyONJARIO MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY APPENDIX II rwVM-A^

Section 21

Enhancing Cycling Infrastructure in the

Province - Access to

Funding for Municipalities (contd)

Section 22

Enhancing Cycling Safety through Education and Legislation

Section 23

Ensuring Relevancy through Monitoring Researching and

Public Works

for roads bridges water and wastewater but not cycling infrastructure in anysignificant way Furthermore most municipalities are still In the process ofdeveloping cycling networks sothere isminimal supporting data available toinclude as part ofan asset management plan Therefore itmay be difficult to apply for cycling infrastructure funding under this Mill program IfMTO is committed to creating aprovince-wide cycling network a dedicated andsustainable cycling infrastructure fund must be tailored toaddress the needs ofcycling infrastructure and support municipalities in their development and promotion through education The Ministry should create aFunding Incentive Program topromote bicycle-friendly development

Provide specific timelines for the Ministrys review ofthe Highway Traffic Act (HTA) The review ofamendments to the Highway Traffic Actshould also bethe explicitly stated in thestrategy (ie helmet requirements passing rules) Review thedefinition ofcyclist in the HTA where abicycle is currently defined asa vehicle andnot permitted toride onpaved shoulders This law needs to be reviewed and amended clearly (for bothmunicipal roads andKings Highways) In orderto achieve a province-wide cycling network it is imperative thatcyclists be allowed to cycle on paved shoulders when it is safe to do so Amend the HTA to include a one-meter passingrule for motorized vehicles passing cyclists Consider an enforcement strategy that is integrated intothe education and legislation components inorder toreinforce driver and cycling behaviours on the road

Many ofthe recommendations in the Chief Coroner ofOntarios Cycling Death Review Involve workingwith other Ministries The Strategy must include more details about MTOs collaborative work with other Ministries

As one example of inter-ministerial collaboration MTO should establish a dialogue with the Ontario Ministry of Education to include compulsorycycling education in the school curriculum an international bestpractice Bringing acycling training course like CANshyBIKE into all schools (eg - all Grade 3students) will increase cycling sldlls confidence and safety in Ontario Provide financial and administrative supportfor cycling training programs asa means of expanding and improving the cycling sldlls and knowledge base in Ontario

Ontario Drivers Licensetesting should include more content about cycling

MTO must update its Drivers Handbooks regularly to improve the safety of all road users including cyclists by including information on cycling infrastructure commonly found in Ontario Improve the availability ofcycling-related educational resources Provide details on how MTO will support municipalities with infrastructure for cycling Creating infrastructure and active transportation guidelines or standards for municipalitieswill foster a coordinated approach and support municipalities in creating cycling

10Peel Centre Dr Suite B Bramplon ON L6T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeelregtonca

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3

Page 31: lb SP Region cf Peel - Brampton...Public education is valued by the Region as an integral part of the services delivered to Peel . residents. Consistent with the Chief Coroner's Cycling

3

iiraquo-a bull8shy

ONTORro MINISTRY OF TRANSPORTATION - DRAFT CYCLING STRATEGY FiA-pa-3oAPPENDIX II

Coordination plans Provide a framework on the typeof measures that will be used to collect data and how those measures will be used to evaluate and monitor the strategy TheStrategy states the ministry will encourage municipalities to collect cycling related datawithin theirjurisdiction Consistent metrics will be important in obtaining comparative data acrossmunicipalities in the Province in order to monitor and evaluate the success of the strategy Consider communicating and promoting the cycling network to potential recreational and commuter users Itis recommended that there be a centralized communication strategy that might include internet trip planners road advisors andthe ability to printmaps ofthe network to support way finding andpromote tripplanning across the provinceInorder toensure good two-way communication MTO needs tolead and share research data with municipalities For example MTO is currently studying theintegration ofvulnerable users at interchanges this study needs to be shared with municipalities There is minimal data to monitor the impact and growth of cycling in Ontario The MTO should take the lead on data collection for cycling and walkingThe Transportation Tomorrow Survey (TTS) collects data only onwork andschool purpose cycling andwalking trips Future TTS should also include the non-work and school related cycling and walldng trips Implement those recommendations from theChiefCoroner ofOntariosAppendix B Cycling Death Review directed at MTO within the fields of infrastructure education and legislation MTO needs to establish a regular and scheduled review (eg every five years) for thenew Cycling Strategy andpursuant policies The current Cycling Strategy isintended toreplace the1992 Bicycle Policy over twenty years later which is much too long of an interval Include timelines and dedicated funds for specificstrategies (ie cycling General Comments networks public education) anddetails onhow often thecycling strategy will be reviewed and updated It is recommended that the Ministryof Municipal Affairs and Housing initiate reform of the Ontario PlanningAct to facilitate some of the implementation ofthis and other cycling strategies through siteplan applications Currently the framework for site plans isroad-oriented with no specific language to cycling facilities off-road It is not clear how the province will implement the Strategy

Public Works

10Peel Centre Dc Suite B Brampton ON 16T 4B9 Tel 905-791-7800 wwwpeeIregionca

3